1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
* heapam_visibility.c
|
|
|
|
* Tuple visibility rules for tuples stored in heap.
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* NOTE: all the HeapTupleSatisfies routines will update the tuple's
|
|
|
|
* "hint" status bits if we see that the inserting or deleting transaction
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* has now committed or aborted (and it is safe to set the hint bits).
|
2013-03-22 14:54:07 +01:00
|
|
|
* If the hint bits are changed, MarkBufferDirtyHint is called on
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* the passed-in buffer. The caller must hold not only a pin, but at least
|
|
|
|
* shared buffer content lock on the buffer containing the tuple.
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
* NOTE: When using a non-MVCC snapshot, we must check
|
2020-08-14 21:15:38 +02:00
|
|
|
* TransactionIdIsInProgress (which looks in the PGPROC array)
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
* before TransactionIdDidCommit/TransactionIdDidAbort (which look in
|
2017-03-17 14:46:58 +01:00
|
|
|
* pg_xact). Otherwise we have a race condition: we might decide that a
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
* just-committed transaction crashed, because none of the tests succeed.
|
2017-03-17 14:46:58 +01:00
|
|
|
* xact.c is careful to record commit/abort in pg_xact before it unsets
|
2020-08-14 21:15:38 +02:00
|
|
|
* MyProc->xid in the PGPROC array. That fixes that problem, but it
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
* also means there is a window where TransactionIdIsInProgress and
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
* TransactionIdDidCommit will both return true. If we check only
|
|
|
|
* TransactionIdDidCommit, we could consider a tuple committed when a
|
|
|
|
* later GetSnapshotData call will still think the originating transaction
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* is in progress, which leads to application-level inconsistency. The
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
* upshot is that we gotta check TransactionIdIsInProgress first in all
|
|
|
|
* code paths, except for a few cases where we are looking at
|
|
|
|
* subtransactions of our own main transaction and so there can't be any
|
|
|
|
* race condition.
|
|
|
|
*
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
* When using an MVCC snapshot, we rely on XidInMVCCSnapshot rather than
|
|
|
|
* TransactionIdIsInProgress, but the logic is otherwise the same: do not
|
2017-03-17 14:46:58 +01:00
|
|
|
* check pg_xact until after deciding that the xact is no longer in progress.
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-03-09 14:08:05 +01:00
|
|
|
* Summary of visibility functions:
|
|
|
|
*
|
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC()
|
|
|
|
* visible to supplied snapshot, excludes current command
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate()
|
2013-08-01 16:46:19 +02:00
|
|
|
* visible to instant snapshot, with user-supplied command
|
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
|
|
|
* counter and more complex result
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf()
|
|
|
|
* visible to instant snapshot and current command
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty()
|
|
|
|
* like HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf(), but includes open transactions
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum()
|
|
|
|
* visible to any running transaction, used by VACUUM
|
Improve performance of get_actual_variable_range with recently-dead tuples.
In commit fccebe421, we hacked get_actual_variable_range() to scan the
index with SnapshotDirty, so that if there are many uncommitted tuples
at the end of the index range, it wouldn't laboriously scan through all
of them looking for a live value to return. However, that didn't fix it
for the case of many recently-dead tuples at the end of the index;
SnapshotDirty recognizes those as committed dead and so we're back to
the same problem.
To improve the situation, invent a "SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type
and use that instead. The reason this helps is that, if the snapshot
rejects a given index entry, we know that the indexscan will mark that
index entry as killed. This means the next get_actual_variable_range()
scan will proceed past that entry without visiting the heap, making the
scan a lot faster. We may end up accepting a recently-dead tuple as
being the estimated extremal value, but that doesn't seem much worse than
the compromise we made before to accept not-yet-committed extremal values.
The cost of the scan is still proportional to the number of dead index
entries at the end of the range, so in the interval after a mass delete
but before VACUUM's cleaned up the mess, it's still possible for
get_actual_variable_range() to take a noticeable amount of time, if you've
got enough such dead entries. But the constant factor is much much better
than before, since all we need to do with each index entry is test its
"killed" bit.
We chose to back-patch commit fccebe421 at the time, but I'm hesitant to
do so here, because this form of the problem seems to affect many fewer
people. Also, even when it happens, it's less bad than the case fixed
by commit fccebe421 because we don't get the contention effects from
expensive TransactionIdIsInProgress tests.
Dmitriy Sarafannikov, reviewed by Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05C72CF7-B5F6-4DB9-8A09-5AC897653113@yandex.ru
2017-09-08 01:41:51 +02:00
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable()
|
|
|
|
* Snapshot-style API for HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum
|
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesToast()
|
|
|
|
* visible unless part of interrupted vacuum, used for TOAST
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesAny()
|
|
|
|
* all tuples are visible
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2021-01-02 19:06:25 +01:00
|
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
|
2000-01-26 06:58:53 +01:00
|
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* IDENTIFICATION
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
* src/backend/access/heap/heapam_visibility.c
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "postgres.h"
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "access/heapam.h"
|
2012-08-30 22:15:44 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "access/htup_details.h"
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "access/multixact.h"
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "access/subtrans.h"
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "access/tableam.h"
|
2006-07-13 18:49:20 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "access/transam.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "access/xact.h"
|
2014-11-06 12:52:08 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "access/xlog.h"
|
2006-07-13 19:47:02 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
|
2005-05-19 23:35:48 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "storage/procarray.h"
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "utils/builtins.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "utils/combocid.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* SetHintBits()
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Set commit/abort hint bits on a tuple, if appropriate at this time.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* It is only safe to set a transaction-committed hint bit if we know the
|
2016-02-15 22:15:35 +01:00
|
|
|
* transaction's commit record is guaranteed to be flushed to disk before the
|
|
|
|
* buffer, or if the table is temporary or unlogged and will be obliterated by
|
|
|
|
* a crash anyway. We cannot change the LSN of the page here, because we may
|
|
|
|
* hold only a share lock on the buffer, so we can only use the LSN to
|
|
|
|
* interlock this if the buffer's LSN already is newer than the commit LSN;
|
|
|
|
* otherwise we have to just refrain from setting the hint bit until some
|
|
|
|
* future re-examination of the tuple.
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* We can always set hint bits when marking a transaction aborted. (Some
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* code in heapam.c relies on that!)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Also, if we are cleaning up HEAP_MOVED_IN or HEAP_MOVED_OFF entries, then
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
* we can always set the hint bits, since pre-9.0 VACUUM FULL always used
|
2010-02-08 05:33:55 +01:00
|
|
|
* synchronous commits and didn't move tuples that weren't previously
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* hinted. (This is not known by this subroutine, but is applied by its
|
2010-02-08 05:33:55 +01:00
|
|
|
* callers.) Note: old-style VACUUM FULL is gone, but we have to keep this
|
|
|
|
* module's support for MOVED_OFF/MOVED_IN flag bits for as long as we
|
|
|
|
* support in-place update from pre-9.0 databases.
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Normal commits may be asynchronous, so for those we need to get the LSN
|
|
|
|
* of the transaction and then check whether this is flushed.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The caller should pass xid as the XID of the transaction to check, or
|
|
|
|
* InvalidTransactionId if no check is needed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static inline void
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Buffer buffer,
|
|
|
|
uint16 infomask, TransactionId xid)
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsValid(xid))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* NB: xid must be known committed here! */
|
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr commitLSN = TransactionIdGetCommitLSN(xid);
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-02-15 22:15:35 +01:00
|
|
|
if (BufferIsPermanent(buffer) && XLogNeedsFlush(commitLSN) &&
|
|
|
|
BufferGetLSNAtomic(buffer) < commitLSN)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* not flushed and no LSN interlock, so don't set hint */
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tuple->t_infomask |= infomask;
|
2013-06-17 17:02:12 +02:00
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirtyHint(buffer, true);
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSetHintBits --- exported version of SetHintBits()
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This must be separate because of C99's brain-dead notions about how to
|
|
|
|
* implement inline functions.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleSetHintBits(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Buffer buffer,
|
|
|
|
uint16 infomask, TransactionId xid)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, infomask, xid);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf
|
2002-01-17 00:51:56 +01:00
|
|
|
* True iff heap tuple is valid "for itself".
|
2002-01-17 00:09:09 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
* See SNAPSHOT_MVCC's definition for the intended behaviour.
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note:
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
* Assumes heap tuple is valid.
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
* The satisfaction of "itself" requires the following:
|
|
|
|
*
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
* ((Xmin == my-transaction && the row was updated by the current transaction, and
|
|
|
|
* (Xmax is null it was not deleted
|
|
|
|
* [|| Xmax != my-transaction)]) [or it was deleted by another transaction]
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
* ||
|
|
|
|
*
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
* (Xmin is committed && the row was modified by a committed transaction, and
|
|
|
|
* (Xmax is null || the row has not been deleted, or
|
|
|
|
* (Xmax != my-transaction && the row was deleted by another transaction
|
|
|
|
* Xmax is not committed))) that has not been committed
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, Buffer buffer)
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple))
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple))
|
1998-09-01 05:29:17 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
1998-02-26 05:46:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
1997-11-02 16:27:14 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */
|
1998-09-01 05:29:17 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) /* not deleter */
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* updating subtransaction must have aborted */
|
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-21 20:24:28 +02:00
|
|
|
/* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
1998-09-01 05:29:17 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple));
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */
|
From: Dan McGuirk <mcguirk@indirect.com>
Reply-To: hackers@hub.org, Dan McGuirk <mcguirk@indirect.com>
To: hackers@hub.org
Subject: [HACKERS] tmin writeback optimization
I was doing some profiling of the backend, and noticed that during a certain
benchmark I was running somewhere between 30% and 75% of the backend's CPU
time was being spent in calls to TransactionIdDidCommit() from
HeapTupleSatisfiesNow() or HeapTupleSatisfiesItself() to determine that
changed rows' transactions had in fact been committed even though the rows'
tmin values had not yet been set.
When a query looks at a given row, it needs to figure out whether the
transaction that changed the row has been committed and hence it should pay
attention to the row, or whether on the other hand the transaction is still
in progress or has been aborted and hence the row should be ignored. If
a tmin value is set, it is known definitively that the row's transaction
has been committed. However, if tmin is not set, the transaction
referred to in xmin must be looked up in pg_log, and this is what the
backend was spending a lot of time doing during my benchmark.
So, implementing a method suggested by Vadim, I created the following
patch that, the first time a query finds a committed row whose tmin value
is not set, sets it, and marks the buffer where the row is stored as
dirty. (It works for tmax, too.) This doesn't result in the boost in
real time performance I was hoping for, however it does decrease backend
CPU usage by up to two-thirds in certain situations, so it could be
rather beneficial in high-concurrency settings.
1997-03-28 08:06:53 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1997-11-02 16:27:14 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */
|
1998-09-01 05:29:17 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1997-11-02 16:27:14 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* updated by other */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-11-02 16:27:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
1998-09-01 05:29:17 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1998-09-01 05:29:17 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
/* xmax transaction committed */
|
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED,
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple));
|
1998-09-01 05:29:17 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesAny
|
|
|
|
* Dummy "satisfies" routine: any tuple satisfies SnapshotAny.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesAny(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, Buffer buffer)
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesToast
|
2002-01-17 00:51:56 +01:00
|
|
|
* True iff heap tuple is valid as a TOAST row.
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
* See SNAPSHOT_TOAST's definition for the intended behaviour.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
* This is a simplified version that only checks for VACUUM moving conditions.
|
|
|
|
* It's appropriate for TOAST usage because TOAST really doesn't want to do
|
2002-01-17 00:09:09 +01:00
|
|
|
* its own time qual checks; if you can see the main table row that contains
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* a TOAST reference, you should be able to see the TOASTed value. However,
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
* vacuuming a TOAST table is independent of the main table, and in case such
|
|
|
|
* a vacuum fails partway through, we'd better do this much checking.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Among other things, this means you can't do UPDATEs of rows in a TOAST
|
|
|
|
* table.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesToast(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot,
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer)
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple))
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple))
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-24 03:35:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.
This feature is often referred to as upsert.
This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.
To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* An invalid Xmin can be left behind by a speculative insertion that
|
Fix deletion of speculatively inserted TOAST on conflict
INSERT .. ON CONFLICT runs a pre-check of the possible conflicting
constraints before performing the actual speculative insertion. In case
the inserted tuple included TOASTed columns the ON CONFLICT condition
would be handled correctly in case the conflict was caught by the
pre-check, but if two transactions entered the speculative insertion
phase at the same time, one would have to re-try, and the code for
aborting a speculative insertion did not handle deleting the
speculatively inserted TOAST datums correctly.
TOAST deletion would fail with "ERROR: attempted to delete invisible
tuple" as we attempted to remove the TOAST tuples using
simple_heap_delete which reasoned that the given tuples should not be
visible to the command that wrote them.
This commit updates the heap_abort_speculative() function which aborts
the conflicting tuple to use itself, via toast_delete, for deleting
associated TOAST datums. Like before, the inserted toast rows are not
marked as being speculative.
This commit also adds a isolationtester spec test, exercising the
relevant code path. Unfortunately 9.5 cannot handle two waiting
sessions, and thus cannot execute this test.
Reported-By: Viren Negi, Oskari Saarenmaa
Author: Oskari Saarenmaa, edited a bit by me
Bug: #14150
Discussion: <20160519123338.12513.20271@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Backpatch: 9.5, where ON CONFLICT was introduced
2016-08-18 02:03:36 +02:00
|
|
|
* is canceled by super-deleting the tuple. This also applies to
|
|
|
|
* TOAST tuples created during speculative insertion.
|
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.
This feature is often referred to as upsert.
This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.
To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
else if (!TransactionIdIsValid(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple)))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* otherwise assume the tuple is valid for TOAST. */
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate
|
|
|
|
*
|
2013-08-01 16:46:19 +02:00
|
|
|
* This function returns a more detailed result code than most of the
|
|
|
|
* functions in this file, since UPDATE needs to know more than "is it
|
|
|
|
* visible?". It also allows for user-supplied CommandId rather than
|
|
|
|
* relying on CurrentCommandId.
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The possible return codes are:
|
|
|
|
*
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
* TM_Invisible: the tuple didn't exist at all when the scan started, e.g. it
|
|
|
|
* was created by a later CommandId.
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
* TM_Ok: The tuple is valid and visible, so it may be updated.
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
* TM_SelfModified: The tuple was updated by the current transaction, after
|
|
|
|
* the current scan started.
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
* TM_Updated: The tuple was updated by a committed transaction (including
|
|
|
|
* the case where the tuple was moved into a different partition).
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
* TM_Deleted: The tuple was deleted by a committed transaction.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* TM_BeingModified: The tuple is being updated by an in-progress transaction
|
|
|
|
* other than the current transaction. (Note: this includes the case where
|
|
|
|
* the tuple is share-locked by a MultiXact, even if the MultiXact includes
|
|
|
|
* the current transaction. Callers that want to distinguish that case must
|
|
|
|
* test for it themselves.)
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
TM_Result
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple htup, CommandId curcid,
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer)
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible;
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible;
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2002-06-15 21:54:24 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(tuple) >= curcid)
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible; /* inserted after scan started */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Careful here: even though this tuple was created by our own
|
|
|
|
* transaction, it might be locked by other transactions, if
|
|
|
|
* the original version was key-share locked when we updated
|
|
|
|
* it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Optimize locking a tuple already locked by another subxact
Locking and updating the same tuple repeatedly led to some strange
multixacts being created which had several subtransactions of the same
parent transaction holding locks of the same strength. However,
once a subxact of the current transaction holds a lock of a given
strength, it's not necessary to acquire the same lock again. This made
some coding patterns much slower than required.
The fix is twofold. First we change HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate to return
HeapTupleBeingUpdated for the case where the current transaction is
already a single-xid locker for the given tuple; it used to return
HeapTupleMayBeUpdated for that case. The new logic is simpler, and the
change to pgrowlocks is a testament to that: previously we needed to
check for the single-xid locker separately in a very ugly way. That
test is simpler now.
As fallout from the HTSU change, some of its callers need to be amended
so that tuple-locked-by-own-transaction is taken into account in the
BeingUpdated case rather than the MayBeUpdated case. For many of them
there is no difference; but heap_delete() and heap_update now check
explicitely and do not grab tuple lock in that case.
The HTSU change also means that routine MultiXactHasRunningRemoteMembers
introduced in commit 11ac4c73cb895 is no longer necessary and can be
removed; the case that used to require it is now handled naturally as
result of the changes to heap_delete and heap_update.
The second part of the fix to the performance issue is to adjust
heap_lock_tuple to avoid the slowness:
1. Previously we checked for the case that our own transaction already
held a strong enough lock and returned MayBeUpdated, but only in the
multixact case. Now we do it for the plain Xid case as well, which
saves having to LockTuple.
2. If the current transaction is the only locker of the tuple (but with
a lock not as strong as what we need; otherwise it would have been
caught in the check mentioned above), we can skip sleeping on the
multixact, and instead go straight to create an updated multixact with
the additional lock strength.
3. Most importantly, make sure that both the single-xid-locker case and
the multixact-locker case optimization are applied always. We do this
by checking both in a single place, rather than them appearing in two
separate portions of the routine -- something that is made possible by
the HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate API change. Previously we would only check
for the single-xid case when HTSU returned MayBeUpdated, and only
checked for the multixact case when HTSU returned BeingUpdated. This
was at odds with what HTSU actually returned in one case: if our own
transaction was locker in a multixact, it returned MayBeUpdated, so the
optimization never applied. This is what led to the large multixacts in
the first place.
Per bug report #8470 by Oskari Saarenmaa.
2015-04-10 18:47:15 +02:00
|
|
|
if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(xmax, true))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Optimize locking a tuple already locked by another subxact
Locking and updating the same tuple repeatedly led to some strange
multixacts being created which had several subtransactions of the same
parent transaction holding locks of the same strength. However,
once a subxact of the current transaction holds a lock of a given
strength, it's not necessary to acquire the same lock again. This made
some coding patterns much slower than required.
The fix is twofold. First we change HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate to return
HeapTupleBeingUpdated for the case where the current transaction is
already a single-xid locker for the given tuple; it used to return
HeapTupleMayBeUpdated for that case. The new logic is simpler, and the
change to pgrowlocks is a testament to that: previously we needed to
check for the single-xid locker separately in a very ugly way. That
test is simpler now.
As fallout from the HTSU change, some of its callers need to be amended
so that tuple-locked-by-own-transaction is taken into account in the
BeingUpdated case rather than the MayBeUpdated case. For many of them
there is no difference; but heap_delete() and heap_update now check
explicitely and do not grab tuple lock in that case.
The HTSU change also means that routine MultiXactHasRunningRemoteMembers
introduced in commit 11ac4c73cb895 is no longer necessary and can be
removed; the case that used to require it is now handled naturally as
result of the changes to heap_delete and heap_update.
The second part of the fix to the performance issue is to adjust
heap_lock_tuple to avoid the slowness:
1. Previously we checked for the case that our own transaction already
held a strong enough lock and returned MayBeUpdated, but only in the
multixact case. Now we do it for the plain Xid case as well, which
saves having to LockTuple.
2. If the current transaction is the only locker of the tuple (but with
a lock not as strong as what we need; otherwise it would have been
caught in the check mentioned above), we can skip sleeping on the
multixact, and instead go straight to create an updated multixact with
the additional lock strength.
3. Most importantly, make sure that both the single-xid-locker case and
the multixact-locker case optimization are applied always. We do this
by checking both in a single place, rather than them appearing in two
separate portions of the routine -- something that is made possible by
the HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate API change. Previously we would only check
for the single-xid case when HTSU returned MayBeUpdated, and only
checked for the multixact case when HTSU returned BeingUpdated. This
was at odds with what HTSU actually returned in one case: if our own
transaction was locker in a multixact, it returned MayBeUpdated, so the
optimization never applied. This is what led to the large multixacts in
the first place.
Per bug report #8470 by Oskari Saarenmaa.
2015-04-10 18:47:15 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the locker is gone, then there is nothing of interest
|
|
|
|
* left in this Xmax; otherwise, report the tuple as
|
|
|
|
* locked/updated.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Optimize locking a tuple already locked by another subxact
Locking and updating the same tuple repeatedly led to some strange
multixacts being created which had several subtransactions of the same
parent transaction holding locks of the same strength. However,
once a subxact of the current transaction holds a lock of a given
strength, it's not necessary to acquire the same lock again. This made
some coding patterns much slower than required.
The fix is twofold. First we change HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate to return
HeapTupleBeingUpdated for the case where the current transaction is
already a single-xid locker for the given tuple; it used to return
HeapTupleMayBeUpdated for that case. The new logic is simpler, and the
change to pgrowlocks is a testament to that: previously we needed to
check for the single-xid locker separately in a very ugly way. That
test is simpler now.
As fallout from the HTSU change, some of its callers need to be amended
so that tuple-locked-by-own-transaction is taken into account in the
BeingUpdated case rather than the MayBeUpdated case. For many of them
there is no difference; but heap_delete() and heap_update now check
explicitely and do not grab tuple lock in that case.
The HTSU change also means that routine MultiXactHasRunningRemoteMembers
introduced in commit 11ac4c73cb895 is no longer necessary and can be
removed; the case that used to require it is now handled naturally as
result of the changes to heap_delete and heap_update.
The second part of the fix to the performance issue is to adjust
heap_lock_tuple to avoid the slowness:
1. Previously we checked for the case that our own transaction already
held a strong enough lock and returned MayBeUpdated, but only in the
multixact case. Now we do it for the plain Xid case as well, which
saves having to LockTuple.
2. If the current transaction is the only locker of the tuple (but with
a lock not as strong as what we need; otherwise it would have been
caught in the check mentioned above), we can skip sleeping on the
multixact, and instead go straight to create an updated multixact with
the additional lock strength.
3. Most importantly, make sure that both the single-xid-locker case and
the multixact-locker case optimization are applied always. We do this
by checking both in a single place, rather than them appearing in two
separate portions of the routine -- something that is made possible by
the HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate API change. Previously we would only check
for the single-xid case when HTSU returned MayBeUpdated, and only
checked for the multixact case when HTSU returned BeingUpdated. This
was at odds with what HTSU actually returned in one case: if our own
transaction was locker in a multixact, it returned MayBeUpdated, so the
optimization never applied. This is what led to the large multixacts in
the first place.
Per bug report #8470 by Oskari Saarenmaa.
2015-04-10 18:47:15 +02:00
|
|
|
/* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Optimize locking a tuple already locked by another subxact
Locking and updating the same tuple repeatedly led to some strange
multixacts being created which had several subtransactions of the same
parent transaction holding locks of the same strength. However,
once a subxact of the current transaction holds a lock of a given
strength, it's not necessary to acquire the same lock again. This made
some coding patterns much slower than required.
The fix is twofold. First we change HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate to return
HeapTupleBeingUpdated for the case where the current transaction is
already a single-xid locker for the given tuple; it used to return
HeapTupleMayBeUpdated for that case. The new logic is simpler, and the
change to pgrowlocks is a testament to that: previously we needed to
check for the single-xid locker separately in a very ugly way. That
test is simpler now.
As fallout from the HTSU change, some of its callers need to be amended
so that tuple-locked-by-own-transaction is taken into account in the
BeingUpdated case rather than the MayBeUpdated case. For many of them
there is no difference; but heap_delete() and heap_update now check
explicitely and do not grab tuple lock in that case.
The HTSU change also means that routine MultiXactHasRunningRemoteMembers
introduced in commit 11ac4c73cb895 is no longer necessary and can be
removed; the case that used to require it is now handled naturally as
result of the changes to heap_delete and heap_update.
The second part of the fix to the performance issue is to adjust
heap_lock_tuple to avoid the slowness:
1. Previously we checked for the case that our own transaction already
held a strong enough lock and returned MayBeUpdated, but only in the
multixact case. Now we do it for the plain Xid case as well, which
saves having to LockTuple.
2. If the current transaction is the only locker of the tuple (but with
a lock not as strong as what we need; otherwise it would have been
caught in the check mentioned above), we can skip sleeping on the
multixact, and instead go straight to create an updated multixact with
the additional lock strength.
3. Most importantly, make sure that both the single-xid-locker case and
the multixact-locker case optimization are applied always. We do this
by checking both in a single place, rather than them appearing in two
separate portions of the routine -- something that is made possible by
the HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate API change. Previously we would only check
for the single-xid case when HTSU returned MayBeUpdated, and only
checked for the multixact case when HTSU returned BeingUpdated. This
was at odds with what HTSU actually returned in one case: if our own
transaction was locker in a multixact, it returned MayBeUpdated, so the
optimization never applied. This is what led to the large multixacts in
the first place.
Per bug report #8470 by Oskari Saarenmaa.
2015-04-10 18:47:15 +02:00
|
|
|
if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple),
|
2015-05-24 03:35:49 +02:00
|
|
|
false))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
2013-12-18 17:31:27 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid)
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-21 20:24:28 +02:00
|
|
|
/* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2002-06-15 21:54:24 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid)
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible;
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple));
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible;
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
2021-02-22 20:51:44 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!ItemPointerEquals(&htup->t_self, &tuple->t_ctid))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Updated; /* updated by other */
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return TM_Deleted; /* deleted by other */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Fix handling of multixacts predating pg_upgrade
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore. In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
ERROR: MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails. Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.
It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.
To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding. This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean. Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.
To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact. (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).
This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f7f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4db3.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4db3 but should cover all cases.
Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.
A number of public reports match this bug:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.net
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.uk
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-06-25 00:29:28 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(tuple->t_infomask))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
Fix handling of multixacts predating pg_upgrade
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore. In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
ERROR: MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails. Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.
It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.
To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding. This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean. Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.
To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact. (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).
This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f7f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4db3.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4db3 but should cover all cases.
Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.
A number of public reports match this bug:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.net
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.uk
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-06-25 00:29:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
|
|
|
{
|
Fix handling of multixacts predating pg_upgrade
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore. In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
ERROR: MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails. Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.
It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.
To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding. This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean. Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.
To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact. (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).
This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f7f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4db3.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4db3 but should cover all cases.
Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.
A number of public reports match this bug:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.net
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.uk
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-06-25 00:29:28 +02:00
|
|
|
if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), true))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2014-07-29 21:41:06 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xmax))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
2014-07-29 21:41:06 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid)
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-29 21:41:06 +02:00
|
|
|
if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-02-22 20:51:44 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!ItemPointerEquals(&htup->t_self, &tuple->t_ctid))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Updated;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return TM_Deleted;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-12-05 16:21:55 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* By here, the update in the Xmax is either aborted or crashed, but
|
|
|
|
* what about the other members?
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-29 21:41:06 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false))
|
2013-12-05 16:21:55 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* There's no member, even just a locker, alive anymore, so we can
|
|
|
|
* mark the Xmax as invalid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
2013-12-05 16:21:55 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* There are lockers running */
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
2013-12-05 16:21:55 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
2002-06-15 21:54:24 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid)
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_BeingModified;
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* xmax transaction committed */
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Ok;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED,
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple));
|
2021-02-22 20:51:44 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!ItemPointerEquals(&htup->t_self, &tuple->t_ctid))
|
tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.
Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one. It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch(). Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.
The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.
As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.
The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).
Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.
Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.
Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-24 03:55:57 +01:00
|
|
|
return TM_Updated; /* updated by other */
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return TM_Deleted; /* deleted by other */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-17 00:51:56 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty
|
|
|
|
* True iff heap tuple is valid including effects of open transactions.
|
2002-01-17 00:09:09 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
* See SNAPSHOT_DIRTY's definition for the intended behaviour.
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
* This is essentially like HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf as far as effects of
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
* the current transaction and committed/aborted xacts are concerned.
|
|
|
|
* However, we also include the effects of other xacts still in progress.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
* A special hack is that the passed-in snapshot struct is used as an
|
|
|
|
* output argument to return the xids of concurrent xacts that affected the
|
|
|
|
* tuple. snapshot->xmin is set to the tuple's xmin if that is another
|
|
|
|
* transaction that's still in progress; or to InvalidTransactionId if the
|
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.
This feature is often referred to as upsert.
This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.
To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
|
|
|
* tuple's xmin is committed good, committed dead, or my own xact.
|
|
|
|
* Similarly for snapshot->xmax and the tuple's xmax. If the tuple was
|
|
|
|
* inserted speculatively, meaning that the inserter might still back down
|
|
|
|
* on the insertion without aborting the whole transaction, the associated
|
|
|
|
* token is also returned in snapshot->speculativeToken.
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot,
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer)
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
snapshot->xmin = snapshot->xmax = InvalidTransactionId;
|
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.
This feature is often referred to as upsert.
This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.
To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
|
|
|
snapshot->speculativeToken = 0;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
1999-04-05 12:55:49 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1999-04-12 18:57:27 +02:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1999-04-12 18:57:27 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) /* not deleter */
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* updating subtransaction must have aborted */
|
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-21 20:24:28 +02:00
|
|
|
/* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.
This feature is often referred to as upsert.
This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.
To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2015-05-24 03:35:49 +02:00
|
|
|
* Return the speculative token to caller. Caller can worry about
|
|
|
|
* xmax, since it requires a conclusively locked row version, and
|
|
|
|
* a concurrent update to this tuple is a conflict of its
|
|
|
|
* purposes.
|
Add support for INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE.
The newly added ON CONFLICT clause allows to specify an alternative to
raising a unique or exclusion constraint violation error when inserting.
ON CONFLICT refers to constraints that can either be specified using a
inference clause (by specifying the columns of a unique constraint) or
by naming a unique or exclusion constraint. DO NOTHING avoids the
constraint violation, without touching the pre-existing row. DO UPDATE
SET ... [WHERE ...] updates the pre-existing tuple, and has access to
both the tuple proposed for insertion and the existing tuple; the
optional WHERE clause can be used to prevent an update from being
executed. The UPDATE SET and WHERE clauses have access to the tuple
proposed for insertion using the "magic" EXCLUDED alias, and to the
pre-existing tuple using the table name or its alias.
This feature is often referred to as upsert.
This is implemented using a new infrastructure called "speculative
insertion". It is an optimistic variant of regular insertion that first
does a pre-check for existing tuples and then attempts an insert. If a
violating tuple was inserted concurrently, the speculatively inserted
tuple is deleted and a new attempt is made. If the pre-check finds a
matching tuple the alternative DO NOTHING or DO UPDATE action is taken.
If the insertion succeeds without detecting a conflict, the tuple is
deemed inserted.
To handle the possible ambiguity between the excluded alias and a table
named excluded, and for convenience with long relation names, INSERT
INTO now can alias its target table.
Bumps catversion as stored rules change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan, with significant contributions from Heikki
Linnakangas and Andres Freund. Testing infrastructure by Jeff Janes.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Dean Rasheed, Stephen Frost and many others.
2015-05-08 05:31:36 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderIsSpeculative(tuple))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
snapshot->speculativeToken =
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetSpeculativeToken(tuple);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assert(snapshot->speculativeToken != 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
snapshot->xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
/* XXX shouldn't we fall through to look at xmax? */
|
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
|
|
|
return true; /* in insertion by other */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple));
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* updated by other */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
snapshot->xmax = xmax;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2000-07-03 06:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
2000-07-03 06:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2000-07-03 06:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-08-02 20:34:56 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
|
|
|
snapshot->xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple);
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* xmax transaction committed */
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED,
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple));
|
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* updated by other */
|
1998-12-15 13:47:01 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC
|
|
|
|
* True iff heap tuple is valid for the given MVCC snapshot.
|
2002-01-17 00:09:09 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
* See SNAPSHOT_MVCC's definition for the intended behaviour.
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
* Notice that here, we will not update the tuple status hint bits if the
|
|
|
|
* inserting/deleting transaction is still running according to our snapshot,
|
|
|
|
* even if in reality it's committed or aborted by now. This is intentional.
|
|
|
|
* Checking the true transaction state would require access to high-traffic
|
|
|
|
* shared data structures, creating contention we'd rather do without, and it
|
|
|
|
* would not change the result of our visibility check anyway. The hint bits
|
|
|
|
* will be updated by the first visitor that has a snapshot new enough to see
|
|
|
|
* the inserting/deleting transaction as done. In the meantime, the cost of
|
|
|
|
* leaving the hint bits unset is basically that each HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC
|
|
|
|
* call will need to run TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId in addition to
|
|
|
|
* XidInMVCCSnapshot (but it would have to do the latter anyway). In the old
|
|
|
|
* coding where we tried to set the hint bits as soon as possible, we instead
|
|
|
|
* did TransactionIdIsInProgress in each call --- to no avail, as long as the
|
|
|
|
* inserting/deleting transaction was still running --- which was more cycles
|
2020-08-14 21:15:38 +02:00
|
|
|
* and more contention on ProcArrayLock.
|
2002-01-16 21:29:02 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot,
|
2007-03-25 21:45:14 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer)
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple))
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple))
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!XidInMVCCSnapshot(xvac, snapshot))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(xvac, snapshot))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-03-28 22:32:42 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2002-06-15 21:54:24 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid)
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
return false; /* inserted after scan started */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) /* not deleter */
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* updating subtransaction must have aborted */
|
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
else if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid)
|
|
|
|
return true; /* updated after scan started */
|
|
|
|
else
|
Phase 2 of pgindent updates.
Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments
to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments
following #endif to not obey the general rule.
Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using
the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that
tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of
code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be
moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's
code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops
in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working
in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the
net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed
one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves
more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such
cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after
the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after.
Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same
as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else.
That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage
from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent.
This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* updated before scan started */
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-21 20:24:28 +02:00
|
|
|
/* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2004-07-28 16:23:31 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-07-01 02:52:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2002-06-15 21:54:24 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid)
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
return true; /* deleted after scan started */
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return false; /* deleted before scan started */
|
|
|
|
}
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple), snapshot))
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple));
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* xmin is committed, but maybe not according to our snapshot */
|
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminFrozen(tuple) &&
|
|
|
|
XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple), snapshot))
|
|
|
|
return false; /* treat as still in progress */
|
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
/* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* already checked above */
|
|
|
|
Assert(!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid)
|
|
|
|
return true; /* deleted after scan started */
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return false; /* deleted before scan started */
|
|
|
|
}
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(xmax, snapshot))
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax))
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* updating transaction committed */
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED))
|
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2002-06-15 21:54:24 +02:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid)
|
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
|
|
|
return true; /* deleted after scan started */
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* deleted before scan started */
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), snapshot))
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-05-07 23:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
/* it must have aborted or crashed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* xmax transaction committed */
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED,
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple));
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* xmax is committed, but maybe not according to our snapshot */
|
|
|
|
if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), snapshot))
|
|
|
|
return true; /* treat as still in progress */
|
|
|
|
}
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
/* xmax transaction committed */
|
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1998-12-16 12:53:55 +01:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2002-01-17 00:09:09 +01:00
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum
|
|
|
|
*
|
2002-01-17 00:51:56 +01:00
|
|
|
* Determine the status of tuples for VACUUM purposes. Here, what
|
|
|
|
* we mainly want to know is if a tuple is potentially visible to *any*
|
|
|
|
* running transaction. If so, it can't be removed yet by VACUUM.
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
* OldestXmin is a cutoff XID (obtained from
|
|
|
|
* GetOldestNonRemovableTransactionId()). Tuples deleted by XIDs >=
|
|
|
|
* OldestXmin are deemed "recently dead"; they might still be visible to some
|
|
|
|
* open transaction, so we can't remove them, even if we see that the deleting
|
|
|
|
* transaction has committed.
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
HTSV_Result
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(HeapTuple htup, TransactionId OldestXmin,
|
2004-10-16 00:40:29 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer)
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TransactionId dead_after = InvalidTransactionId;
|
|
|
|
HTSV_Result res;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuumHorizon(htup, buffer, &dead_after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(dead_after));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdPrecedes(dead_after, OldestXmin))
|
|
|
|
res = HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
Assert(!TransactionIdIsValid(dead_after));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Work horse for HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum and similar routines.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* In contrast to HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum this routine, when encountering a
|
|
|
|
* tuple that could still be visible to some backend, stores the xid that
|
|
|
|
* needs to be compared with the horizon in *dead_after, and returns
|
|
|
|
* HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD. The caller then can perform the comparison with
|
|
|
|
* the horizon. This is e.g. useful when comparing with different horizons.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note: HEAPTUPLE_DEAD can still be returned here, e.g. if the inserting
|
|
|
|
* transaction aborted.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
HTSV_Result
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuumHorizon(HeapTuple htup, Buffer buffer, TransactionId *dead_after)
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(dead_after != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*dead_after = InvalidTransactionId;
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Has inserting transaction committed?
|
|
|
|
*
|
2005-11-22 19:17:34 +01:00
|
|
|
* If the inserting transaction aborted, then the tuple was never visible
|
|
|
|
* to any other transaction, so we can delete it immediately.
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple))
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple))
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-08 15:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
|
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS;
|
2003-06-25 03:08:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
Fix longstanding bug in HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum().
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() didn't properly discern between
DELETE_IN_PROGRESS and INSERT_IN_PROGRESS for rows that have been
inserted in the current transaction and deleted in a aborted
subtransaction of the current backend. At the very least that caused
problems for CLUSTER and CREATE INDEX in transactions that had
aborting subtransactions producing rows, leading to warnings like:
WARNING: concurrent delete in progress within table "..."
possibly in an endless, uninterruptible, loop.
Instead of treating *InProgress xmins the same as *IsCurrent ones,
treat them as being distinct like the other visibility routines. As
implemented this separatation can cause a behaviour change for rows
that have been inserted and deleted in another, still running,
transaction. HTSV will now return INSERT_IN_PROGRESS instead of
DELETE_IN_PROGRESS for those. That's both, more in line with the other
visibility routines and arguably more correct. The latter because a
INSERT_IN_PROGRESS will make callers look at/wait for xmin, instead of
xmax.
The only current caller where that's possibly worse than the old
behaviour is heap_prune_chain() which now won't mark the page as
prunable if a row has concurrently been inserted and deleted. That's
harmless enough.
As a cautionary measure also insert a interrupt check before the gotos
in IndexBuildHeapScan() that lead to the uninterruptible loop. There
are other possible causes, like a row that several sessions try to
update and all fail, for repeated loops and the cost of doing so in
the retry case is low.
As this bug goes back all the way to the introduction of
subtransactions in 573a71a5da backpatch to all supported releases.
Reported-By: Sandro Santilli
2014-06-04 21:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
2003-09-22 02:47:23 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS;
|
2013-07-20 00:35:07 +02:00
|
|
|
/* only locked? run infomask-only check first, for performance */
|
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask) ||
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(tuple))
|
2003-09-22 02:47:23 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS;
|
|
|
|
/* inserted and then deleted by same xact */
|
Fix longstanding bug in HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum().
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() didn't properly discern between
DELETE_IN_PROGRESS and INSERT_IN_PROGRESS for rows that have been
inserted in the current transaction and deleted in a aborted
subtransaction of the current backend. At the very least that caused
problems for CLUSTER and CREATE INDEX in transactions that had
aborting subtransactions producing rows, leading to warnings like:
WARNING: concurrent delete in progress within table "..."
possibly in an endless, uninterruptible, loop.
Instead of treating *InProgress xmins the same as *IsCurrent ones,
treat them as being distinct like the other visibility routines. As
implemented this separatation can cause a behaviour change for rows
that have been inserted and deleted in another, still running,
transaction. HTSV will now return INSERT_IN_PROGRESS instead of
DELETE_IN_PROGRESS for those. That's both, more in line with the other
visibility routines and arguably more correct. The latter because a
INSERT_IN_PROGRESS will make callers look at/wait for xmin, instead of
xmax.
The only current caller where that's possibly worse than the old
behaviour is heap_prune_chain() which now won't mark the page as
prunable if a row has concurrently been inserted and deleted. That's
harmless enough.
As a cautionary measure also insert a interrupt check before the gotos
in IndexBuildHeapScan() that lead to the uninterruptible loop. There
are other possible causes, like a row that several sessions try to
update and all fail, for repeated loops and the cost of doing so in
the retry case is low.
As this bug goes back all the way to the introduction of
subtransactions in 573a71a5da backpatch to all supported releases.
Reported-By: Sandro Santilli
2014-06-04 21:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tuple)))
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS;
|
|
|
|
/* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* It'd be possible to discern between INSERT/DELETE in progress
|
|
|
|
* here by looking at xmax - but that doesn't seem beneficial for
|
|
|
|
* the majority of callers and even detrimental for some. We'd
|
|
|
|
* rather have callers look at/wait for xmin than xmax. It's
|
|
|
|
* always correct to return INSERT_IN_PROGRESS because that's
|
|
|
|
* what's happening from the view of other backends.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS;
|
2003-09-22 02:47:23 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED,
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple));
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* At this point the xmin is known committed, but we might not have
|
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
|
|
|
* been able to set the hint bit yet; so we can no longer Assert that
|
|
|
|
* it's set.
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* Okay, the inserter committed, so it was good at some point. Now what
|
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* about the deleting transaction?
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
|
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2002-01-11 21:07:03 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* "Deleting" xact really only locked it, so the tuple is live in any
|
Fix recently-understood problems with handling of XID freezing, particularly
in PITR scenarios. We now WAL-log the replacement of old XIDs with
FrozenTransactionId, so that such replacement is guaranteed to propagate to
PITR slave databases. Also, rather than relying on hint-bit updates to be
preserved, pg_clog is not truncated until all instances of an XID are known to
have been replaced by FrozenTransactionId. Add new GUC variables and
pg_autovacuum columns to allow management of the freezing policy, so that
users can trade off the size of pg_clog against the amount of freezing work
done. Revise the already-existing code that forces autovacuum of tables
approaching the wraparound point to make it more bulletproof; also, revise the
autovacuum logic so that anti-wraparound vacuuming is done per-table rather
than per-database. initdb forced because of changes in pg_class, pg_database,
and pg_autovacuum catalogs. Heikki Linnakangas, Simon Riggs, and Tom Lane.
2006-11-05 23:42:10 +01:00
|
|
|
* case. However, we should make sure that either XMAX_COMMITTED or
|
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
|
|
|
* XMAX_INVALID gets set once the xact is gone, to reduce the costs of
|
Fix handling of multixacts predating pg_upgrade
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore. In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
ERROR: MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails. Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.
It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.
To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding. This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean. Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.
To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact. (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).
This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f7f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4db3.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4db3 but should cover all cases.
Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.
A number of public reports match this bug:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.net
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.uk
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-06-25 00:29:28 +02:00
|
|
|
* examining the tuple for future xacts.
|
2002-01-11 21:07:03 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Fix handling of multixacts predating pg_upgrade
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore. In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
ERROR: MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails. Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.
It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.
To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding. This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean. Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.
To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact. (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).
This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f7f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4db3.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4db3 but should cover all cases.
Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.
A number of public reports match this bug:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.net
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.uk
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-06-25 00:29:28 +02:00
|
|
|
* If it's a pre-pg_upgrade tuple, the multixact cannot
|
|
|
|
* possibly be running; otherwise have to check.
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Fix handling of multixacts predating pg_upgrade
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore. In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
ERROR: MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails. Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.
It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.
To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding. This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean. Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.
To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact. (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).
This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f7f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4db3.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4db3 but should cover all cases.
Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.
A number of public reports match this bug:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.net
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.uk
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-06-25 00:29:28 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(tuple->t_infomask) &&
|
2014-07-29 21:41:06 +02:00
|
|
|
MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple),
|
|
|
|
true))
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, InvalidTransactionId);
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-01-11 21:07:03 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
* We don't really care whether xmax did commit, abort or crash. We
|
|
|
|
* know that xmax did lock the tuple, but it did not and will never
|
|
|
|
* actually update it.
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-19 18:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Fix pruning of locked and updated tuples.
Previously it was possible that a tuple was not pruned during vacuum,
even though its update xmax (i.e. the updating xid in a multixact with
both key share lockers and an updater) was below the cutoff horizon.
As the freezing code assumed, rightly so, that that's not supposed to
happen, xmax would be preserved (as a member of a new multixact or
xmax directly). That causes two problems: For one the tuple is below
the xmin horizon, which can cause problems if the clog is truncated or
once there's an xid wraparound. The bigger problem is that that will
break HOT chains, which in turn can lead two to breakages: First,
failing index lookups, which in turn can e.g lead to constraints being
violated. Second, future hot prunes / vacuums can end up making
invisible tuples visible again. There's other harmful scenarios.
Fix the problem by recognizing that tuples can be DEAD instead of
RECENTLY_DEAD, even if the multixactid has alive members, if the
update_xid is below the xmin horizon. That's safe because newer
versions of the tuple will contain the locking xids.
A followup commit will harden the code somewhat against future similar
bugs and already corrupted data.
Author: Andres Freund, with changes by Alvaro Herrera
Reported-By: Daniel Wood
Analyzed-By: Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Peter
Geoghegan, Daniel Wood, Yi Wen Wong, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
2017-11-03 15:52:29 +01:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix pruning of locked and updated tuples.
Previously it was possible that a tuple was not pruned during vacuum,
even though its update xmax (i.e. the updating xid in a multixact with
both key share lockers and an updater) was below the cutoff horizon.
As the freezing code assumed, rightly so, that that's not supposed to
happen, xmax would be preserved (as a member of a new multixact or
xmax directly). That causes two problems: For one the tuple is below
the xmin horizon, which can cause problems if the clog is truncated or
once there's an xid wraparound. The bigger problem is that that will
break HOT chains, which in turn can lead two to breakages: First,
failing index lookups, which in turn can e.g lead to constraints being
violated. Second, future hot prunes / vacuums can end up making
invisible tuples visible again. There's other harmful scenarios.
Fix the problem by recognizing that tuples can be DEAD instead of
RECENTLY_DEAD, even if the multixactid has alive members, if the
update_xid is below the xmin horizon. That's safe because newer
versions of the tuple will contain the locking xids.
A followup commit will harden the code somewhat against future similar
bugs and already corrupted data.
Author: Andres Freund, with changes by Alvaro Herrera
Reported-By: Daniel Wood
Analyzed-By: Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Peter
Geoghegan, Daniel Wood, Yi Wen Wong, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
2017-11-03 15:52:29 +01:00
|
|
|
/* already checked above */
|
|
|
|
Assert(!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask));
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
|
|
|
|
Fix pruning of locked and updated tuples.
Previously it was possible that a tuple was not pruned during vacuum,
even though its update xmax (i.e. the updating xid in a multixact with
both key share lockers and an updater) was below the cutoff horizon.
As the freezing code assumed, rightly so, that that's not supposed to
happen, xmax would be preserved (as a member of a new multixact or
xmax directly). That causes two problems: For one the tuple is below
the xmin horizon, which can cause problems if the clog is truncated or
once there's an xid wraparound. The bigger problem is that that will
break HOT chains, which in turn can lead two to breakages: First,
failing index lookups, which in turn can e.g lead to constraints being
violated. Second, future hot prunes / vacuums can end up making
invisible tuples visible again. There's other harmful scenarios.
Fix the problem by recognizing that tuples can be DEAD instead of
RECENTLY_DEAD, even if the multixactid has alive members, if the
update_xid is below the xmin horizon. That's safe because newer
versions of the tuple will contain the locking xids.
A followup commit will harden the code somewhat against future similar
bugs and already corrupted data.
Author: Andres Freund, with changes by Alvaro Herrera
Reported-By: Daniel Wood
Analyzed-By: Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Peter
Geoghegan, Daniel Wood, Yi Wen Wong, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
2017-11-03 15:52:29 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS;
|
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax))
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Fix pruning of locked and updated tuples.
Previously it was possible that a tuple was not pruned during vacuum,
even though its update xmax (i.e. the updating xid in a multixact with
both key share lockers and an updater) was below the cutoff horizon.
As the freezing code assumed, rightly so, that that's not supposed to
happen, xmax would be preserved (as a member of a new multixact or
xmax directly). That causes two problems: For one the tuple is below
the xmin horizon, which can cause problems if the clog is truncated or
once there's an xid wraparound. The bigger problem is that that will
break HOT chains, which in turn can lead two to breakages: First,
failing index lookups, which in turn can e.g lead to constraints being
violated. Second, future hot prunes / vacuums can end up making
invisible tuples visible again. There's other harmful scenarios.
Fix the problem by recognizing that tuples can be DEAD instead of
RECENTLY_DEAD, even if the multixactid has alive members, if the
update_xid is below the xmin horizon. That's safe because newer
versions of the tuple will contain the locking xids.
A followup commit will harden the code somewhat against future similar
bugs and already corrupted data.
Author: Andres Freund, with changes by Alvaro Herrera
Reported-By: Daniel Wood
Analyzed-By: Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Peter
Geoghegan, Daniel Wood, Yi Wen Wong, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
2017-11-03 15:52:29 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
* The multixact might still be running due to lockers. Need to
|
|
|
|
* allow for pruning if below the xid horizon regardless --
|
|
|
|
* otherwise we could end up with a tuple where the updater has to
|
|
|
|
* be removed due to the horizon, but is not pruned away. It's
|
|
|
|
* not a problem to prune that tuple, because any remaining
|
|
|
|
* lockers will also be present in newer tuple versions.
|
Fix pruning of locked and updated tuples.
Previously it was possible that a tuple was not pruned during vacuum,
even though its update xmax (i.e. the updating xid in a multixact with
both key share lockers and an updater) was below the cutoff horizon.
As the freezing code assumed, rightly so, that that's not supposed to
happen, xmax would be preserved (as a member of a new multixact or
xmax directly). That causes two problems: For one the tuple is below
the xmin horizon, which can cause problems if the clog is truncated or
once there's an xid wraparound. The bigger problem is that that will
break HOT chains, which in turn can lead two to breakages: First,
failing index lookups, which in turn can e.g lead to constraints being
violated. Second, future hot prunes / vacuums can end up making
invisible tuples visible again. There's other harmful scenarios.
Fix the problem by recognizing that tuples can be DEAD instead of
RECENTLY_DEAD, even if the multixactid has alive members, if the
update_xid is below the xmin horizon. That's safe because newer
versions of the tuple will contain the locking xids.
A followup commit will harden the code somewhat against future similar
bugs and already corrupted data.
Author: Andres Freund, with changes by Alvaro Herrera
Reported-By: Daniel Wood
Analyzed-By: Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Peter
Geoghegan, Daniel Wood, Yi Wen Wong, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
2017-11-03 15:52:29 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
*dead_after = xmax;
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD;
|
Fix pruning of locked and updated tuples.
Previously it was possible that a tuple was not pruned during vacuum,
even though its update xmax (i.e. the updating xid in a multixact with
both key share lockers and an updater) was below the cutoff horizon.
As the freezing code assumed, rightly so, that that's not supposed to
happen, xmax would be preserved (as a member of a new multixact or
xmax directly). That causes two problems: For one the tuple is below
the xmin horizon, which can cause problems if the clog is truncated or
once there's an xid wraparound. The bigger problem is that that will
break HOT chains, which in turn can lead two to breakages: First,
failing index lookups, which in turn can e.g lead to constraints being
violated. Second, future hot prunes / vacuums can end up making
invisible tuples visible again. There's other harmful scenarios.
Fix the problem by recognizing that tuples can be DEAD instead of
RECENTLY_DEAD, even if the multixactid has alive members, if the
update_xid is below the xmin horizon. That's safe because newer
versions of the tuple will contain the locking xids.
A followup commit will harden the code somewhat against future similar
bugs and already corrupted data.
Author: Andres Freund, with changes by Alvaro Herrera
Reported-By: Daniel Wood
Analyzed-By: Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Peter
Geoghegan, Daniel Wood, Yi Wen Wong, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/E5711E62-8FDF-4DCA-A888-C200BF6B5742@amazon.com
https://postgr.es/m/20171102112019.33wb7g5wp4zpjelu@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.3-
2017-11-03 15:52:29 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (!MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed.
|
|
|
|
* Mark the Xmax as invalid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, InvalidTransactionId);
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
|
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED))
|
|
|
|
{
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2001-07-17 00:43:34 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED,
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple));
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
|
|
|
* Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-08-14 19:35:18 +02:00
|
|
|
SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
InvalidTransactionId);
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* At this point the xmax is known committed, but we might not have
|
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
|
|
|
* been able to set the hint bit yet; so we can no longer Assert that
|
|
|
|
* it's set.
|
2007-08-02 00:45:09 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
* Deleter committed, allow caller to check if it was recent enough that
|
|
|
|
* some open transactions could still see the tuple.
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
*dead_after = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple);
|
|
|
|
return HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD;
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Improve performance of get_actual_variable_range with recently-dead tuples.
In commit fccebe421, we hacked get_actual_variable_range() to scan the
index with SnapshotDirty, so that if there are many uncommitted tuples
at the end of the index range, it wouldn't laboriously scan through all
of them looking for a live value to return. However, that didn't fix it
for the case of many recently-dead tuples at the end of the index;
SnapshotDirty recognizes those as committed dead and so we're back to
the same problem.
To improve the situation, invent a "SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type
and use that instead. The reason this helps is that, if the snapshot
rejects a given index entry, we know that the indexscan will mark that
index entry as killed. This means the next get_actual_variable_range()
scan will proceed past that entry without visiting the heap, making the
scan a lot faster. We may end up accepting a recently-dead tuple as
being the estimated extremal value, but that doesn't seem much worse than
the compromise we made before to accept not-yet-committed extremal values.
The cost of the scan is still proportional to the number of dead index
entries at the end of the range, so in the interval after a mass delete
but before VACUUM's cleaned up the mess, it's still possible for
get_actual_variable_range() to take a noticeable amount of time, if you've
got enough such dead entries. But the constant factor is much much better
than before, since all we need to do with each index entry is test its
"killed" bit.
We chose to back-patch commit fccebe421 at the time, but I'm hesitant to
do so here, because this form of the problem seems to affect many fewer
people. Also, even when it happens, it's less bad than the case fixed
by commit fccebe421 because we don't get the contention effects from
expensive TransactionIdIsInProgress tests.
Dmitriy Sarafannikov, reviewed by Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05C72CF7-B5F6-4DB9-8A09-5AC897653113@yandex.ru
2017-09-08 01:41:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* True if tuple might be visible to some transaction; false if it's
|
|
|
|
* surely dead to everyone, ie, vacuumable.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-11-20 20:36:54 +01:00
|
|
|
* See SNAPSHOT_NON_VACUUMABLE's definition for the intended behaviour.
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This is an interface to HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum that's callable via
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot, so it can be used through a Snapshot.
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
* snapshot->vistest must have been set up with the horizon to use.
|
Improve performance of get_actual_variable_range with recently-dead tuples.
In commit fccebe421, we hacked get_actual_variable_range() to scan the
index with SnapshotDirty, so that if there are many uncommitted tuples
at the end of the index range, it wouldn't laboriously scan through all
of them looking for a live value to return. However, that didn't fix it
for the case of many recently-dead tuples at the end of the index;
SnapshotDirty recognizes those as committed dead and so we're back to
the same problem.
To improve the situation, invent a "SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type
and use that instead. The reason this helps is that, if the snapshot
rejects a given index entry, we know that the indexscan will mark that
index entry as killed. This means the next get_actual_variable_range()
scan will proceed past that entry without visiting the heap, making the
scan a lot faster. We may end up accepting a recently-dead tuple as
being the estimated extremal value, but that doesn't seem much worse than
the compromise we made before to accept not-yet-committed extremal values.
The cost of the scan is still proportional to the number of dead index
entries at the end of the range, so in the interval after a mass delete
but before VACUUM's cleaned up the mess, it's still possible for
get_actual_variable_range() to take a noticeable amount of time, if you've
got enough such dead entries. But the constant factor is much much better
than before, since all we need to do with each index entry is test its
"killed" bit.
We chose to back-patch commit fccebe421 at the time, but I'm hesitant to
do so here, because this form of the problem seems to affect many fewer
people. Also, even when it happens, it's less bad than the case fixed
by commit fccebe421 because we don't get the contention effects from
expensive TransactionIdIsInProgress tests.
Dmitriy Sarafannikov, reviewed by Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05C72CF7-B5F6-4DB9-8A09-5AC897653113@yandex.ru
2017-09-08 01:41:51 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
Improve performance of get_actual_variable_range with recently-dead tuples.
In commit fccebe421, we hacked get_actual_variable_range() to scan the
index with SnapshotDirty, so that if there are many uncommitted tuples
at the end of the index range, it wouldn't laboriously scan through all
of them looking for a live value to return. However, that didn't fix it
for the case of many recently-dead tuples at the end of the index;
SnapshotDirty recognizes those as committed dead and so we're back to
the same problem.
To improve the situation, invent a "SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type
and use that instead. The reason this helps is that, if the snapshot
rejects a given index entry, we know that the indexscan will mark that
index entry as killed. This means the next get_actual_variable_range()
scan will proceed past that entry without visiting the heap, making the
scan a lot faster. We may end up accepting a recently-dead tuple as
being the estimated extremal value, but that doesn't seem much worse than
the compromise we made before to accept not-yet-committed extremal values.
The cost of the scan is still proportional to the number of dead index
entries at the end of the range, so in the interval after a mass delete
but before VACUUM's cleaned up the mess, it's still possible for
get_actual_variable_range() to take a noticeable amount of time, if you've
got enough such dead entries. But the constant factor is much much better
than before, since all we need to do with each index entry is test its
"killed" bit.
We chose to back-patch commit fccebe421 at the time, but I'm hesitant to
do so here, because this form of the problem seems to affect many fewer
people. Also, even when it happens, it's less bad than the case fixed
by commit fccebe421 because we don't get the contention effects from
expensive TransactionIdIsInProgress tests.
Dmitriy Sarafannikov, reviewed by Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05C72CF7-B5F6-4DB9-8A09-5AC897653113@yandex.ru
2017-09-08 01:41:51 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot,
|
|
|
|
Buffer buffer)
|
|
|
|
{
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId dead_after = InvalidTransactionId;
|
|
|
|
HTSV_Result res;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuumHorizon(htup, buffer, &dead_after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (res == HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(dead_after));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid(snapshot->vistest, dead_after))
|
|
|
|
res = HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
Assert(!TransactionIdIsValid(dead_after));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return res != HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
|
Improve performance of get_actual_variable_range with recently-dead tuples.
In commit fccebe421, we hacked get_actual_variable_range() to scan the
index with SnapshotDirty, so that if there are many uncommitted tuples
at the end of the index range, it wouldn't laboriously scan through all
of them looking for a live value to return. However, that didn't fix it
for the case of many recently-dead tuples at the end of the index;
SnapshotDirty recognizes those as committed dead and so we're back to
the same problem.
To improve the situation, invent a "SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type
and use that instead. The reason this helps is that, if the snapshot
rejects a given index entry, we know that the indexscan will mark that
index entry as killed. This means the next get_actual_variable_range()
scan will proceed past that entry without visiting the heap, making the
scan a lot faster. We may end up accepting a recently-dead tuple as
being the estimated extremal value, but that doesn't seem much worse than
the compromise we made before to accept not-yet-committed extremal values.
The cost of the scan is still proportional to the number of dead index
entries at the end of the range, so in the interval after a mass delete
but before VACUUM's cleaned up the mess, it's still possible for
get_actual_variable_range() to take a noticeable amount of time, if you've
got enough such dead entries. But the constant factor is much much better
than before, since all we need to do with each index entry is test its
"killed" bit.
We chose to back-patch commit fccebe421 at the time, but I'm hesitant to
do so here, because this form of the problem seems to affect many fewer
people. Also, even when it happens, it's less bad than the case fixed
by commit fccebe421 because we don't get the contention effects from
expensive TransactionIdIsInProgress tests.
Dmitriy Sarafannikov, reviewed by Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05C72CF7-B5F6-4DB9-8A09-5AC897653113@yandex.ru
2017-09-08 01:41:51 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleIsSurelyDead
|
|
|
|
*
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
* Cheaply determine whether a tuple is surely dead to all onlookers.
|
|
|
|
* We sometimes use this in lieu of HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum when the
|
|
|
|
* tuple has just been tested by another visibility routine (usually
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC) and, therefore, any hint bits that can be set
|
|
|
|
* should already be set. We assume that if no hint bits are set, the xmin
|
|
|
|
* or xmax transaction is still running. This is therefore faster than
|
2020-08-14 21:15:38 +02:00
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum, because we consult neither procarray nor CLOG.
|
2017-08-16 06:22:32 +02:00
|
|
|
* It's okay to return false when in doubt, but we must return true only
|
Speed up HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() by replacing the XID-in-progress test.
Rather than consulting TransactionIdIsInProgress to see if an in-doubt
transaction is still running, consult XidInMVCCSnapshot. That requires
the same or fewer cycles as TransactionIdIsInProgress, and what's far
more important, it does not access shared data structures (at least in the
no-subxip-overflow case) so it incurs no contention. Furthermore, we would
have had to check XidInMVCCSnapshot anyway before deciding that we were
allowed to see the tuple.
There should never be a case where XidInMVCCSnapshot says a transaction is
done while TransactionIdIsInProgress says it's still running. The other
way around is quite possible though. The result of that difference is that
HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC will no longer set hint bits on tuples whose source
transactions recently finished but are still running according to our
snapshot. The main cost of delaying the hint-bit setting is that repeated
visits to a just-committed tuple, by transactions none of which have
snapshots new enough to see the source transaction as done, will each
execute TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId, which they need not have done
before. However, that's normally just a small overhead, and no contention
costs are involved; so it seems well worth the benefit of removing
TransactionIdIsInProgress calls during the life of the source transaction.
The core idea for this patch is due to Jeff Janes, who also did the legwork
proving its performance benefits. His original proposal was to swap the
order of TransactionIdIsInProgress and XidInMVCCSnapshot calls in some
cases within HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC. That was a bit messy though.
The idea that we could dispense with calling TransactionIdIsInProgress
altogether was mine, as is the final patch.
2015-08-27 00:18:57 +02:00
|
|
|
* if the tuple is removable.
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleIsSurelyDead(HeapTuple htup, GlobalVisState *vistest)
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-22 19:26:33 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
|
|
|
* If the inserting transaction is marked invalid, then it aborted, and
|
|
|
|
* the tuple is definitely dead. If it's marked neither committed nor
|
|
|
|
* invalid, then we assume it's still alive (since the presumption is that
|
|
|
|
* all relevant hint bits were just set moments ago).
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-12-22 21:49:09 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple))
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple) ? true : false;
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the inserting transaction committed, but any deleting transaction
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
* aborted, the tuple is still alive.
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the XMAX is just a lock, the tuple is still alive.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the Xmax is a MultiXact, it might be dead or alive, but we cannot
|
|
|
|
* know without checking pg_multixact.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If deleter isn't known to have committed, assume it's still running. */
|
|
|
|
if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Deleter committed, so tuple is dead if the XID is old enough. */
|
snapshot scalability: Don't compute global horizons while building snapshots.
To make GetSnapshotData() more scalable, it cannot not look at at each proc's
xmin: While snapshot contents do not need to change whenever a read-only
transaction commits or a snapshot is released, a proc's xmin is modified in
those cases. The frequency of xmin modifications leads to, particularly on
higher core count systems, many cache misses inside GetSnapshotData(), despite
the data underlying a snapshot not changing. That is the most
significant source of GetSnapshotData() scaling poorly on larger systems.
Without accessing xmins, GetSnapshotData() cannot calculate accurate horizons /
thresholds as it has so far. But we don't really have to: The horizons don't
actually change that much between GetSnapshotData() calls. Nor are the horizons
actually used every time a snapshot is built.
The trick this commit introduces is to delay computation of accurate horizons
until there use and using horizon boundaries to determine whether accurate
horizons need to be computed.
The use of RecentGlobal[Data]Xmin to decide whether a row version could be
removed has been replaces with new GlobalVisTest* functions. These use two
thresholds to determine whether a row can be pruned:
1) definitely_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs >= definitely_needed
are definitely still visible.
2) maybe_needed, indicating that rows deleted by XIDs < maybe_needed can
definitely be removed
GetSnapshotData() updates definitely_needed to be the xmin of the computed
snapshot.
When testing whether a row can be removed (with GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid())
and the tested XID falls in between the two (i.e. XID >= maybe_needed && XID <
definitely_needed) the boundaries can be recomputed to be more accurate. As it
is not cheap to compute accurate boundaries, we limit the number of times that
happens in short succession. As the boundaries used by
GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid() are never reset (with maybe_needed updated by
GetSnapshotData()), it is likely that further test can benefit from an earlier
computation of accurate horizons.
To avoid regressing performance when old_snapshot_threshold is set (as that
requires an accurate horizon to be computed), heap_page_prune_opt() doesn't
unconditionally call TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots() anymore. Both the
computation of the limited horizon, and the triggering of errors (with
SetOldSnapshotThresholdTimestamp()) is now only done when necessary to remove
tuples.
This commit just removes the accesses to PGXACT->xmin from
GetSnapshotData(), but other members of PGXACT residing in the same
cache line are accessed. Therefore this in itself does not result in a
significant improvement. Subsequent commits will take advantage of the
fact that GetSnapshotData() now does not need to access xmins anymore.
Note: This contains a workaround in heap_page_prune_opt() to keep the
snapshot_too_old tests working. While that workaround is ugly, the tests
currently are not meaningful, and it seems best to address them separately.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-08-13 01:03:49 +02:00
|
|
|
return GlobalVisTestIsRemovableXid(vistest,
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple));
|
2012-05-02 18:40:07 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-07-12 06:11:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Is the tuple really only locked? That is, is it not updated?
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* It's easy to check just infomask bits if the locker is not a multi; but
|
|
|
|
* otherwise we need to verify that the updating transaction has not aborted.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
* This function is here because it follows the same visibility rules laid out
|
|
|
|
* at the top of this file.
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(HeapTupleHeader tuple)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax;
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* if there's no valid Xmax, then there's obviously no update either */
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY)
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* invalid xmax means no update */
|
|
|
|
if (!TransactionIdIsValid(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2013-05-29 22:58:43 +02:00
|
|
|
* if HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY is not set and not a multi, then this must
|
|
|
|
* necessarily have been updated
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ... but if it's a multi, then perhaps the updating Xid aborted. */
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
2013-11-29 20:08:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */
|
|
|
|
Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax));
|
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking
This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR
KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each
other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT
FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in
the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR
NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently
with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety.
Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this
means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole
point of this patch.
The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact
module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can
be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist
across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not
only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more
careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now
persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they
can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy
pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part
of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new
servers.
Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be
careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as
being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e.
possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple,
whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily
available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because
the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some
commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish.
Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have
previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as
locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks.
This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single
WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies
of the tuple there exist.)
With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by
foreign key rules should be much reduced.
As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger
tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and
later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed.
Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure
overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests.
There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch
and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the
patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson.
Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander
Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund.
This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most
important start at the following message-ids:
AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com
1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org
1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org
1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org
1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org
4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov
4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* not current, not in progress, not committed -- must have aborted or
|
|
|
|
* crashed
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2017-02-06 10:33:58 +01:00
|
|
|
* check whether the transaction id 'xid' is in the pre-sorted array 'xip'.
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
|
|
TransactionIdInArray(TransactionId xid, TransactionId *xip, Size num)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return bsearch(&xid, xip, num,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(TransactionId), xidComparator) != NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* See the comments for HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC for the semantics this function
|
|
|
|
* obeys.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Only usable on tuples from catalog tables!
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* We don't need to support HEAP_MOVED_(IN|OFF) for now because we only support
|
|
|
|
* reading catalog pages which couldn't have been created in an older version.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* We don't set any hint bits in here as it seems unlikely to be beneficial as
|
|
|
|
* those should already be set by normal access and it seems to be too
|
|
|
|
* dangerous to do so as the semantics of doing so during timetravel are more
|
|
|
|
* complicated than when dealing "only" with the present.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
static bool
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesHistoricMVCC(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot,
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer)
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data;
|
|
|
|
TransactionId xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple);
|
|
|
|
TransactionId xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self));
|
|
|
|
Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* inserting transaction aborted */
|
|
|
|
if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Assert(!TransactionIdDidCommit(xmin));
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-03-17 12:47:28 +01:00
|
|
|
/* check if it's one of our txids, toplevel is also in there */
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdInArray(xmin, snapshot->subxip, snapshot->subxcnt))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bool resolved;
|
|
|
|
CommandId cmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawCommandId(tuple);
|
|
|
|
CommandId cmax = InvalidCommandId;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* another transaction might have (tried to) delete this tuple or
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* cmin/cmax was stored in a combocid. So we need to lookup the actual
|
|
|
|
* values externally.
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
resolved = ResolveCminCmaxDuringDecoding(HistoricSnapshotGetTupleCids(), snapshot,
|
|
|
|
htup, buffer,
|
|
|
|
&cmin, &cmax);
|
|
|
|
|
Implement streaming mode in ReorderBuffer.
Instead of serializing the transaction to disk after reaching the
logical_decoding_work_mem limit in memory, we consume the changes we have
in memory and invoke stream API methods added by commit 45fdc9738b.
However, sometimes if we have incomplete toast or speculative insert we
spill to the disk because we can't generate the complete tuple and stream.
And, as soon as we get the complete tuple we stream the transaction
including the serialized changes.
We can do this incremental processing thanks to having assignments
(associating subxact with toplevel xacts) in WAL right away, and
thanks to logging the invalidation messages at each command end. These
features are added by commits 0bead9af48 and c55040ccd0 respectively.
Now that we can stream in-progress transactions, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We handle such failures by returning ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK
sqlerrcode from system table scan APIs to the backend or WALSender
decoding a specific uncommitted transaction. The decoding logic on the
receipt of such a sqlerrcode aborts the decoding of the current
transaction and continue with the decoding of other transactions.
We have ReorderBufferTXN pointer in each ReorderBufferChange by which we
know which xact it belongs to. The output plugin can use this to decide
which changes to discard in case of stream_abort_cb (e.g. when a subxact
gets discarded).
We also provide a new option via SQL APIs to fetch the changes being
streamed.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh, Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
2020-08-08 04:04:39 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we haven't resolved the combocid to cmin/cmax, that means we
|
|
|
|
* have not decoded the combocid yet. That means the cmin is
|
|
|
|
* definitely in the future, and we're not supposed to see the tuple
|
|
|
|
* yet.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX This only applies to decoding of in-progress transactions. In
|
|
|
|
* regular logical decoding we only execute this code at commit time,
|
|
|
|
* at which point we should have seen all relevant combocids. So
|
|
|
|
* ideally, we should error out in this case but in practice, this
|
|
|
|
* won't happen. If we are too worried about this then we can add an
|
|
|
|
* elog inside ResolveCminCmaxDuringDecoding.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX For the streaming case, we can track the largest combocid
|
|
|
|
* assigned, and error out based on this (when unable to resolve
|
|
|
|
* combocid below that observed maximum value).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!resolved)
|
Implement streaming mode in ReorderBuffer.
Instead of serializing the transaction to disk after reaching the
logical_decoding_work_mem limit in memory, we consume the changes we have
in memory and invoke stream API methods added by commit 45fdc9738b.
However, sometimes if we have incomplete toast or speculative insert we
spill to the disk because we can't generate the complete tuple and stream.
And, as soon as we get the complete tuple we stream the transaction
including the serialized changes.
We can do this incremental processing thanks to having assignments
(associating subxact with toplevel xacts) in WAL right away, and
thanks to logging the invalidation messages at each command end. These
features are added by commits 0bead9af48 and c55040ccd0 respectively.
Now that we can stream in-progress transactions, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We handle such failures by returning ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK
sqlerrcode from system table scan APIs to the backend or WALSender
decoding a specific uncommitted transaction. The decoding logic on the
receipt of such a sqlerrcode aborts the decoding of the current
transaction and continue with the decoding of other transactions.
We have ReorderBufferTXN pointer in each ReorderBufferChange by which we
know which xact it belongs to. The output plugin can use this to decide
which changes to discard in case of stream_abort_cb (e.g. when a subxact
gets discarded).
We also provide a new option via SQL APIs to fetch the changes being
streamed.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh, Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
2020-08-08 04:04:39 +02:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assert(cmin != InvalidCommandId);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmin >= snapshot->curcid)
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* inserted after scan started */
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* committed before our xmin horizon. Do a normal visibility check. */
|
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xmin, snapshot->xmin))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Assert(!(HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple) &&
|
|
|
|
!TransactionIdDidCommit(xmin)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* check for hint bit first, consult clog afterwards */
|
|
|
|
if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple) &&
|
|
|
|
!TransactionIdDidCommit(xmin))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* beyond our xmax horizon, i.e. invisible */
|
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals(xmin, snapshot->xmax))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* check if it's a committed transaction in [xmin, xmax) */
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdInArray(xmin, snapshot->xip, snapshot->xcnt))
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
|
|
}
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* none of the above, i.e. between [xmin, xmax) but hasn't committed. I.e.
|
|
|
|
* invisible.
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* at this point we know xmin is visible, go on to check xmax */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* xid invalid or aborted */
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/* locked tuples are always visible */
|
|
|
|
else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* We can see multis here if we're looking at user tables or if somebody
|
|
|
|
* SELECT ... FOR SHARE/UPDATE a system table.
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-03-17 12:47:28 +01:00
|
|
|
/* check if it's one of our txids, toplevel is also in there */
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
if (TransactionIdInArray(xmax, snapshot->subxip, snapshot->subxcnt))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
bool resolved;
|
|
|
|
CommandId cmin;
|
|
|
|
CommandId cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawCommandId(tuple);
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Lookup actual cmin/cmax values */
|
|
|
|
resolved = ResolveCminCmaxDuringDecoding(HistoricSnapshotGetTupleCids(), snapshot,
|
|
|
|
htup, buffer,
|
|
|
|
&cmin, &cmax);
|
|
|
|
|
Implement streaming mode in ReorderBuffer.
Instead of serializing the transaction to disk after reaching the
logical_decoding_work_mem limit in memory, we consume the changes we have
in memory and invoke stream API methods added by commit 45fdc9738b.
However, sometimes if we have incomplete toast or speculative insert we
spill to the disk because we can't generate the complete tuple and stream.
And, as soon as we get the complete tuple we stream the transaction
including the serialized changes.
We can do this incremental processing thanks to having assignments
(associating subxact with toplevel xacts) in WAL right away, and
thanks to logging the invalidation messages at each command end. These
features are added by commits 0bead9af48 and c55040ccd0 respectively.
Now that we can stream in-progress transactions, the concurrent aborts
may cause failures when the output plugin consults catalogs (both system
and user-defined).
We handle such failures by returning ERRCODE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK
sqlerrcode from system table scan APIs to the backend or WALSender
decoding a specific uncommitted transaction. The decoding logic on the
receipt of such a sqlerrcode aborts the decoding of the current
transaction and continue with the decoding of other transactions.
We have ReorderBufferTXN pointer in each ReorderBufferChange by which we
know which xact it belongs to. The output plugin can use this to decide
which changes to discard in case of stream_abort_cb (e.g. when a subxact
gets discarded).
We also provide a new option via SQL APIs to fetch the changes being
streamed.
Author: Dilip Kumar, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, Nikhil Sontakke
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh, Ajin Cherian
Tested-by: Neha Sharma, Mahendra Singh Thalor and Ajin Cherian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
2020-08-08 04:04:39 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we haven't resolved the combocid to cmin/cmax, that means we
|
|
|
|
* have not decoded the combocid yet. That means the cmax is
|
|
|
|
* definitely in the future, and we're still supposed to see the
|
|
|
|
* tuple.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX This only applies to decoding of in-progress transactions. In
|
|
|
|
* regular logical decoding we only execute this code at commit time,
|
|
|
|
* at which point we should have seen all relevant combocids. So
|
|
|
|
* ideally, we should error out in this case but in practice, this
|
|
|
|
* won't happen. If we are too worried about this then we can add an
|
|
|
|
* elog inside ResolveCminCmaxDuringDecoding.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX For the streaming case, we can track the largest combocid
|
|
|
|
* assigned, and error out based on this (when unable to resolve
|
|
|
|
* combocid below that observed maximum value).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!resolved || cmax == InvalidCommandId)
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmax >= snapshot->curcid)
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return true; /* deleted after scan started */
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
else
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
return false; /* deleted before scan started */
|
Introduce logical decoding.
This feature, building on previous commits, allows the write-ahead log
stream to be decoded into a series of logical changes; that is,
inserts, updates, and deletes and the transactions which contain them.
It is capable of handling decoding even across changes to the schema
of the effected tables. The output format is controlled by a
so-called "output plugin"; an example is included. To make use of
this in a real replication system, the output plugin will need to be
modified to produce output in the format appropriate to that system,
and to perform filtering.
Currently, information can be extracted from the logical decoding
system only via SQL; future commits will add the ability to stream
changes via walsender.
Andres Freund, with review and other contributions from many other
people, including Álvaro Herrera, Abhijit Menon-Sen, Peter Gheogegan,
Kevin Grittner, Robert Haas, Heikki Linnakangas, Fujii Masao, Abhijit
Menon-Sen, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs, Craig Ringer, and Steve
Singer.
2014-03-03 22:32:18 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* below xmin horizon, normal transaction state is valid */
|
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xmax, snapshot->xmin))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Assert(!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED &&
|
|
|
|
!TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* check hint bit first */
|
|
|
|
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* check clog */
|
|
|
|
return !TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* above xmax horizon, we cannot possibly see the deleting transaction */
|
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals(xmax, snapshot->xmax))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
/* xmax is between [xmin, xmax), check known committed array */
|
|
|
|
else if (TransactionIdInArray(xmax, snapshot->xip, snapshot->xcnt))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
/* xmax is between [xmin, xmax), but known not to have committed yet */
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2019-01-22 02:03:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility
|
|
|
|
* True iff heap tuple satisfies a time qual.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Notes:
|
|
|
|
* Assumes heap tuple is valid, and buffer at least share locked.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Hint bits in the HeapTuple's t_infomask may be updated as a side effect;
|
|
|
|
* if so, the indicated buffer is marked dirty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(HeapTuple tup, Snapshot snapshot, Buffer buffer)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch (snapshot->snapshot_type)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
case SNAPSHOT_MVCC:
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC(tup, snapshot, buffer);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SNAPSHOT_SELF:
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf(tup, snapshot, buffer);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SNAPSHOT_ANY:
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleSatisfiesAny(tup, snapshot, buffer);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SNAPSHOT_TOAST:
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleSatisfiesToast(tup, snapshot, buffer);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SNAPSHOT_DIRTY:
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(tup, snapshot, buffer);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SNAPSHOT_HISTORIC_MVCC:
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleSatisfiesHistoricMVCC(tup, snapshot, buffer);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case SNAPSHOT_NON_VACUUMABLE:
|
|
|
|
return HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable(tup, snapshot, buffer);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return false; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
|
|
}
|